blob: 7ef30d364758f419d3cd18fdc767a95e0174c139 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000042 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000051 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000052
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000062 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000063 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000064 }
65 }
66 }
67
68 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000069 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
70 }
71
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000072 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000073 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
75 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
76 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
77 return true;
78 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000079 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000080
81 // See if the decl is unavailable
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000082 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000083 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000084 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
85 }
86
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000087 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000088}
89
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000090/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
91/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
92/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
93///
94void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
95 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
96{
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000097 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000098 if (!attr)
99 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000100 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
101 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000102
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000103 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
104 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000105 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000106 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
107 int isMethod = 0;
108 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
109 // skip over named parameters.
110 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
111 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
112 if (nullPos)
113 --nullPos;
114 else
115 ++i;
116 }
117 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
118 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000119 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000120 // skip over named parameters.
121 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
122 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
123 if (nullPos)
124 --nullPos;
125 else
126 ++i;
127 }
128 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000129 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000130 // block or function pointer call.
131 QualType Ty = V->getType();
132 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
133 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000134 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
135 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000136 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
137 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
138 unsigned k;
139 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
140 if (nullPos)
141 --nullPos;
142 else
143 ++i;
144 }
145 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
146 }
147 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
148 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000149 } else
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000150 return;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000151 } else
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000152 return;
153
154 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000155 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000156 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000157 return;
158 }
159 int sentinel = i;
160 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
161 --sentinelPos;
162 ++i;
163 }
164 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
165 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000166 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000167 return;
168 }
169 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
170 ++i;
171 ++sentinel;
172 }
173 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
174 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
175 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000176 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000177 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000178 }
179 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000180}
181
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000182SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
183 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
184 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
185}
186
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000187//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
188// Standard Promotions and Conversions
189//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
190
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000191/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
192void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
193 QualType Ty = E->getType();
194 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
195
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000196 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
197 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000198 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
199 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
200 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
201 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
202 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
203 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
204 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000205 //
206 // C++ 4.2p1:
207 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
208 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
209 //
210 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
211 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000212 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
213 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000214}
215
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000216/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
217/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
218///
219/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
220/// promotion occurs.
221static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000222 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
223 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000224 return QualType();
225
226 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
227 if (!BT)
228 return QualType();
229
230 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
231 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
232 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
233 return QualType();
234
235 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
236 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
237 return QualType();
238
239 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
240 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
241 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
242 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
243 return Context.IntTy;
244
245 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
246 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
247
248 return QualType();
249}
250
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000251/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
252/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
253/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
254/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
255/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
256Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
257 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
258 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
259
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000260 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
261 //
262 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
263 // unsigned int may be used:
264 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
265 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
266 // and unsigned int.
267 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
268 //
269 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
270 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
271 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
272 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
273 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000274 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000275 return Expr;
276 } else {
277 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
278 if (!T.isNull()) {
279 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
280 return Expr;
281 }
282 }
283
284 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000285 return Expr;
286}
287
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000288/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
289/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
290/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
291void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
292 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
293 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
294
295 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
296 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
297 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
298 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
299
300 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
301}
302
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000303/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
304/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
305/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
306/// completely illegal.
307bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000308 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
309
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000310 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
311 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
312 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
313 << Expr->getType() << CT;
314 return true;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000315 }
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000316
317 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
318 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
319 << Expr->getType() << CT;
320
321 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000322}
323
324
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000325/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
326/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
327/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
328/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
329/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
330/// GCC.
331QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
332 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000333 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000334 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000335
336 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000337
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000338 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
339 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000340 QualType lhs =
341 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
342 QualType rhs =
343 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000344
345 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
346 if (lhs == rhs)
347 return lhs;
348
349 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
350 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
351 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
352 return lhs;
353
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000354 // Perform bitfield promotions.
355 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
356 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
357 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
358 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
359 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
360 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
361
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000362 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000363 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000364 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000365 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000366 return destType;
367}
368
369QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
370 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
371 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
372 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
373 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
374 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000375 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
376 lhs = Context.IntTy;
377 else
378 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
379 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
380 rhs = Context.IntTy;
381 else
382 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000383
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000384 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
385 if (lhs == rhs)
386 return lhs;
387
388 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
389 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
390 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
391 return lhs;
392
393 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
394
395 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
396 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
397 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
398 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
399 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000400 return lhs;
401 }
402 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
403 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000404 return rhs;
405 }
406 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
407 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
408 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
409 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
410 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
411 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
412 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
413 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
414 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
415 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
416 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
417
418 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
419 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000420 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
421 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000422 }
423 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
424 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
425 // does not require this promotion.
426 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
427 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000428 return rhs;
429 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000430 return lhs;
431 }
432 }
433 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
434 }
435 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
436 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
437 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000438 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000439 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000440 return lhs;
441 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000442 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
443 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
444 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
445 }
446 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000447 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000448 return rhs;
449 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000450 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
451 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
452 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
453 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000454 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
455 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
456 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000457 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000458 return lhs;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000459 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
460 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000461 }
462 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
463 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
464 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
465 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
466
467 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
468 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000469 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
470 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000471 return rhs;
472 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
473 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000474 return lhs;
475 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
476 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000477 return rhs;
478 }
479 }
480 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
481 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
482 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
483 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
484 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
485 QualType destType;
486 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
487 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
488 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
489 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
490 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
491 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
492 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
493 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
494 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
495 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
496 // use the signed type.
497 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
498 } else {
499 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
500 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
501 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
502 // to the signed type.
503 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
504 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000505 return destType;
506}
507
508//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
509// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
510//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
511
512
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000513/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000514/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
515/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
516/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
517/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000518///
519Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000520Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000521 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
522
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000523 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000524 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000525 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000526
527 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
528 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
529 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000530
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000531 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000532 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000533 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000534
535 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
536 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
537 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000538
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000539 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
540 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
541 // strings.
542 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000543 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000544 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattner726e1682009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000545
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000546 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000547 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
548 Literal.GetStringLength(),
549 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
550 &StringTokLocs[0],
551 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000552}
553
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000554/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
555/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
556/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
557/// for values inside the block or for globals).
558///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000559/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
560/// up-to-date.
561///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000562static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
563 ValueDecl *VD) {
564 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
565 // we wanted to.
566 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
567 return false;
568
569 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
570 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
571 return false;
572
573 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
574 // snapshot it.
575 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
576 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000577 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
578 return false;
579
580 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
581 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
582
583 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
584 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
585 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
586 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
587 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
588 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
589 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
590 // having a reference outside it.
591 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
592 break;
593
594 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
595 // a snapshot as well.
596 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
597 }
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000598
599 return true;
600}
601
602
603
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000604/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000605/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff0d755ad2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000606/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000607/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000608/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000609Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
610 IdentifierInfo &II,
611 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000612 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
613 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
614 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000615 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000616}
617
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000618/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
619/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
620/// nested-name-specifier.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000621Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000622Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
623 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
624 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000625 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
626 Diag(Loc,
627 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
628 << D->getDeclName();
629 return ExprError();
630 }
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000631
632 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
633 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
634 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
635 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
636 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
637 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
638 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
639 << D->getIdentifier();
640 return ExprError();
641 }
642 }
643 }
644 }
645
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000646 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000647
648 Expr *E;
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000649 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000650 E = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
651 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000652 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000653 } else
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000654 E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
655
656 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000657}
658
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000659/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
660/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
661/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000662static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
663 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000664 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
665 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
666
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000667 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
668 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
669 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000670 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000671 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
672 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000673 D != DEnd; ++D) {
674 if (*D == Record) {
675 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
676 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
677 ++D;
678 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000679 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000680 return *D;
681 }
682 }
683
684 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
685 return 0;
686}
687
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000688/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
689/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
690/// actual member.
691///
692/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
693/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
694/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
695/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
696/// we found.
697///
698/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
699/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
700/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
701VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
702 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000703 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
704 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
705 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
706
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000707 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000708 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
709 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
710 do {
711 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000712 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000713 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000714 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000715 else {
716 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
717 break;
718 }
719 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
720 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
721 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000722
723 return BaseObject;
724}
725
726Sema::OwningExprResult
727Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
728 FieldDecl *Field,
729 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
730 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
731 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
732 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
733 AnonFields);
734
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000735 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
736 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
737 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
738 // found via name lookup.
739 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
740 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
741 if (BaseObject) {
742 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
743 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000744 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000745 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000746 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000747 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000748 ExtraQuals
749 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
750 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
751 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
752 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
753 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
754 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000755 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000756 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
757 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
758 }
759 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
760 } else {
761 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
762 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
763 // program our base object expression is "this".
764 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
765 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
766 QualType AnonFieldType
767 = Context.getTagDeclType(
768 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
769 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
770 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
771 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
772 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
773 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000774 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000775 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000776 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
777 }
778 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000779 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
780 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000781 }
782 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
783 }
784
785 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000786 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
787 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000788 }
789
790 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
791 // anonymous struct/union.
792 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000793 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseObjectExpr->getType().getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000794 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
795 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
796 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
797 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
798 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
799 unsigned combinedQualifiers
800 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
801 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
802 }
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000803 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
804 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000805 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000806 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
807 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000808 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
809 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000810 }
811
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000812 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000813}
814
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000815/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
816/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
817/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
818/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
819/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
820/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
821/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
822/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
823/// forms.
824///
825/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
826/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
827/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
828/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000829///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000830/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
831/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
832/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
833/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000834Sema::OwningExprResult
835Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
836 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000837 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000838 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000839 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000840 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
841 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000842
843 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
844 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
845 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
846 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000847 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000848 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000849 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
850 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson9b31df42009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000851 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
852 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000853 }
854
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000855 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
856 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000857
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000858 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
859 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
860 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
861 : SourceRange());
862 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000863 }
864
865 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000866
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000867 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
868 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000869 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
870 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000871 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
872 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000873 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
874 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
875 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000876 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000877 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000878 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000879 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000880 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000881 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
882 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000883
884 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
885 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
886 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
887 return ExprError();
888
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000889 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
890 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
891 // an error.
892 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
893 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
894 << IV->getDeclName());
895 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
896 // same name exists, use the global.
897 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000898 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
899 ClassDeclared != IFace)
900 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000901 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
902 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000903 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisecd1bae2009-07-18 08:49:37 +0000904 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, SourceLocation(),
905 II, false);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000906 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000907 return Owned(new (Context)
908 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000909 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000910 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000911 }
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000912 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000913 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
914 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000915 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000916 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000917 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
918 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000919 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000920 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000921 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000922 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000923 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000924 QualType T;
925
926 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000927 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
928 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000929 else
930 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000931 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000932 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000933 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000934
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000935 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
936 // argument-dependent lookup.
937 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
938 HasTrailingLParen;
939
940 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000941 // We've seen something of the form
942 //
943 // identifier(
944 //
945 // and we did not find any entity by the name
946 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
947 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
948 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
949 Context.OverloadTy,
950 Loc));
951 }
952
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000953 if (D == 0) {
954 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
955 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000956 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000957 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000958 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000959 else {
960 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
961 // diagnose the problem.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000962 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000963 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
964 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000965 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
966 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000967 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
968 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000969 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000970 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000971 }
972 }
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000973
974 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
975 // Warn about constructs like:
976 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
977 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
978
979 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
980 // information to check this property.
981 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
982 Scope *CheckS = S;
983 while (CheckS) {
984 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
985 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
986 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
987 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
988 << Var->getDeclName());
989 else
990 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
991 << Var->getDeclName());
992 break;
993 }
994
995 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
996 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
997 if (CheckS)
998 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
999 }
1000 }
1001 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1002 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1003 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1004 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1005 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1006 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1007 // type.
1008 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
1009 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001010
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001011 QualType T = Func->getType();
1012 QualType NoProtoType = T;
1013 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1014 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
1015 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
1016 }
1017 }
1018
1019 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
1020}
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001021/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001022bool
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001023Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
1024 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
1025 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
1026 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
1027 QualType DestType =
1028 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001029 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
1030 return false;
1031 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
1032 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001033 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001034 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
1035 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001036 }
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001037 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
1038 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1039 DestRecordType,
1040 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1041 From->getSourceRange()))
1042 return true;
Anders Carlsson3503d042009-07-31 01:23:52 +00001043 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1044 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001045 }
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001046 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001047}
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001048
1049/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1050Sema::OwningExprResult
1051Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
1052 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1053 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1054 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1055 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
1056 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1057
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001058 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
1059 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
1060 // not any specific instance's member.
1061 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001062 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001063 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001064 QualType DType;
1065 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1066 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
1067 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1068 DType = Method->getType();
1069 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1070 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
1071 }
1072 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
1073 if (!DType.isNull()) {
1074 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
1075 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +00001076 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001077 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001078 }
1079 }
1080 }
1081
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001082 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1083 // (C++ [class.union]).
1084 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
1085 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
1086 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001087
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001088 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1089 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
1090 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
1091 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
1092 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
1093 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
1094 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
1095 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
1096 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
1097 QualType MemberType;
1098 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1099 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
1100 MemberType = FD->getType();
1101
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001102 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001103 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
1104 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
1105 unsigned combinedQualifiers
1106 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
1107 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1108 }
1109 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1110 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
1111 Ctx = Method->getParent();
1112 MemberType = Method->getType();
1113 }
1114 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1115 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1116 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
1117 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
1118 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
1119 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
1120 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
1121 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
1122 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
1123 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1124 break;
1125 }
1126 }
1127 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001128
1129 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001130 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1131 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
1132 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
1133 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1134 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1135 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001136 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001137 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001138 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001139 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
1140 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001141 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman72527132009-04-29 17:56:47 +00001142 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001143 }
1144 }
1145 }
1146 }
1147
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001148 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001149 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1150 if (MD->isStatic())
1151 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001152 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1153 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001154 }
1155
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001156 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1157 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1158 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001159 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1160 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001161 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001162
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001163 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001164 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001165 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001166 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001167 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001168 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001169
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001170 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001171 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001172 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1173 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001174 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001175 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1176 false, false, SS);
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001177 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001178
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001179 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1180 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1181 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1182 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001183 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
1184 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001185 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1186 return ExprError();
1187
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001188 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1189 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001190 return ExprError();
1191
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001192 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1193 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1194 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1195 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001196 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001197 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1198 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1199 //
1200 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001201 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001202 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001203 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001204 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001205 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001206 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1207 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001208 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001209
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001210 ExprTy.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001211 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
1212 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001213 }
1214 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1215 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001216
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001217 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001218 bool ValueDependent = false;
1219 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1220 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1221 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1222 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1223 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1224 TypeDependent = true;
1225 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1226 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1227 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1228 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1229 TypeDependent = true;
1230 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1231 // names a dependent type.
1232 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001233 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001234 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1235 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001236 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001237 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1238 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1239 TypeDependent = true;
1240 break;
1241 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001242 }
1243 }
1244 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001245
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001246 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1247 //
1248 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1249 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1250 if (TypeDependent)
1251 ValueDependent = true;
1252 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1253 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1254 ValueDependent = true;
1255 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1256 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmanc1494122009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001257 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
1258 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == QualType::Const &&
1259 Dcl->getInit()) {
1260 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1261 }
1262 }
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001263 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001264
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001265 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1266 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001267}
1268
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001269Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1270 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001271 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001272
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001273 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001274 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001275 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1276 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1277 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001278 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001279
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001280 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1281 // string.
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001282 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001283 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1284 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001285 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1286 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1287 else {
1288 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1289 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1290 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1291 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001292
1293
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001294 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001295 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001296 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001297 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001298}
1299
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001300Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001301 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1302 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1303 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1304 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001305
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001306 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1307 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1308 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001309 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001310
1311 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1312
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001313 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1314 Literal.isWide(),
1315 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001316}
1317
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001318Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1319 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001320 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1321 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001322 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001323 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001324 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001325 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001326 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001327
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001328 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001329 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1330 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001331 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001332
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001333 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1334 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001335
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001336 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1337 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1338 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001339 return ExprError();
1340
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001341 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001342
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001343 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001344 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001345 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001346 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001347 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001348 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001349 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001350 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001351
1352 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1353
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001354 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1355 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001356 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1357 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001358
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001359 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001360 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001361 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001362 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001363
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001364 // long long is a C99 feature.
1365 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001366 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001367 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1368
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001369 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001370 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001371
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001372 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1373 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1374 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001375 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1376 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001377 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001378 } else {
1379 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1380 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001381
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001382 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1383 // be an unsigned int.
1384 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1385
1386 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001387 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001388 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1389 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001390 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001391
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001392 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1393 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1394 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1395 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001396 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001397 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001398 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001399 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001400 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001401 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001402
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001403 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001404 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001405 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001406
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001407 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1408 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1409 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1410 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001411 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001412 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001413 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001414 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001415 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001416 }
1417
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001418 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001419 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001420 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001421
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001422 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1423 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1424 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1425 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001426 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001427 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001428 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001429 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001430 }
1431 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001432
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001433 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1434 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001435 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001436 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001437 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001438 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001439 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001440
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001441 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1442 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001443 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001444 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001445 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001446
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001447 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1448 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001449 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1450 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001451
1452 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001453}
1454
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001455Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1456 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001457 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001458 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001459 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001460}
1461
1462/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1463/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001464bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001465 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1466 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1467 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001468 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1469 return false;
1470
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001471 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001472 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001473 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001474 if (isSizeof)
1475 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1476 return false;
1477 }
1478
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001479 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001480 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001481 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1482 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001483 return false;
1484 }
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001485
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001486 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1487 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1488 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1489 ExprRange))
1490 return true;
1491
1492 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001493 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001494 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001495 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1496 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001497 }
1498
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001499 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001500}
1501
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001502bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1503 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1504 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001505
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001506 // alignof decl is always ok.
1507 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1508 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001509
1510 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1511 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1512 return false;
1513
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001514 if (E->getBitField()) {
1515 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1516 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001517 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001518
1519 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1520 // bit-field.
1521 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001522 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001523 return false;
1524
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001525 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1526}
1527
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001528/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1529Action::OwningExprResult
1530Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1531 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1532 if (T.isNull())
1533 return ExprError();
1534
1535 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1536 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1537 return ExprError();
1538
1539 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1540 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1541 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1542 R.getEnd()));
1543}
1544
1545/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1546/// operand.
1547Action::OwningExprResult
1548Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1549 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1550 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1551 bool isInvalid = false;
1552 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1553 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1554 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1555 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001556 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001557 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1558 isInvalid = true;
1559 } else {
1560 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1561 }
1562
1563 if (isInvalid)
1564 return ExprError();
1565
1566 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1567 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1568 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1569 R.getEnd()));
1570}
1571
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001572/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1573/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1574/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001575Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001576Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1577 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001578 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001579 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001580
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001581 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001582 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1583 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1584 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001585
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001586 // Get the end location.
1587 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1588 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1589 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1590
1591 if (Result.isInvalid())
1592 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1593
1594 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001595}
1596
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001597QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001598 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1599 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001600
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001601 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001602 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1603 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001604
1605 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1606 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1607 return V->getType();
1608
1609 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001610 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1611 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001612 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001613}
1614
1615
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001616
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001617Action::OwningExprResult
1618Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1619 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1620 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001621
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001622 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1623 switch (Kind) {
1624 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1625 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1626 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1627 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001628
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001629 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1630 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1631 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001632 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001633 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1634
1635 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1636 //
1637 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1638 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1639 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1640 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1641 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1642 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1643 // argument will have value zero.
1644 Expr *Args[2] = {
1645 Arg,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001646 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1647 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001648 };
1649
1650 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1651 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001652 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001653
1654 // Perform overload resolution.
1655 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001656 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001657 case OR_Success: {
1658 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1659 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1660
1661 if (FnDecl) {
1662 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1663 // operator.
1664
1665 // Convert the arguments.
1666 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1667 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001668 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001669 } else {
1670 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001671 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001672 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1673 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001674 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001675 }
1676
1677 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001678 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001679 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1680 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001681
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001682 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001683 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump488e25b2009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001684 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001685 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1686
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001687 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001688 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001689 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1690 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1691 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001692 } else {
1693 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1694 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1695 // operator node.
1696 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1697 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001698 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001699
1700 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001701 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001702 }
1703
1704 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1705 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1706 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1707 break;
1708
1709 case OR_Ambiguous:
1710 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1711 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1712 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1713 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001714 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001715
1716 case OR_Deleted:
1717 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1718 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1719 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1720 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1721 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1722 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001723 }
1724
1725 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1726 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1727 // build a built-in operation.
1728 }
1729
Eli Friedman6016cb22009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001730 Input.release();
1731 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001732 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001733}
1734
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001735Action::OwningExprResult
1736Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1737 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1738 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1739 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001740
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001741 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001742 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1743 Base.release();
1744 Idx.release();
1745 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1746 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1747 }
1748
1749 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001750 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001751 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1752 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1753 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001754 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1755 // to the candidate set.
1756 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1757 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001758 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1759 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001760
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001761 // Perform overload resolution.
1762 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001763 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001764 case OR_Success: {
1765 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1766 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1767
1768 if (FnDecl) {
1769 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1770 // operator.
1771
1772 // Convert the arguments.
1773 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1774 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1775 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1776 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1777 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001778 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001779 } else {
1780 // Convert the arguments.
1781 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1782 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1783 "passing") ||
1784 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1785 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1786 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001787 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001788 }
1789
1790 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001791 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001792 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1793 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001794
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001795 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001796 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1797 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001798 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1799
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001800 Base.release();
1801 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001802 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1803 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001804 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1805 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001806 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001807 } else {
1808 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1809 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1810 // operator node.
1811 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1812 "passing") ||
1813 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1814 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001815 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001816
1817 break;
1818 }
1819 }
1820
1821 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1822 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1823 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1824 break;
1825
1826 case OR_Ambiguous:
1827 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1828 << "[]"
1829 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1830 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001831 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001832
1833 case OR_Deleted:
1834 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1835 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1836 << "[]"
1837 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1838 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1839 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001840 }
1841
1842 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1843 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1844 // build a built-in operation.
1845 }
1846
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001847 // Perform default conversions.
1848 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1849 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001850
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001851 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001852
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001853 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001854 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001855 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001856 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001857 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1858 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001859 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1860 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1861 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1862 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001863 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001864 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1865 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001866 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001867 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001868 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001869 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1870 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001871 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001872 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1873 LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1874 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1875 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1876 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
1877 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1878 RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1879 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1880 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1881 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1882 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001883 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1884 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001885 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001886
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001887 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1888 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001889 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1890 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1891 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1892 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1893 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1894 // force the promotion here.
1895 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1896 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1897 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1898 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1899
1900 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1901 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001902 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001903 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1904 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1905 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1906 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1907 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1908 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1909
1910 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1911 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001912 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001913 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001914 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1915 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001916 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001917 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001918 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001919 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1920 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001921
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001922 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1923 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1924 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1925 // incomplete types are not object types.
1926 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1927 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1928 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1929 return ExprError();
1930 }
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001931
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001932 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001933 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001934 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1935 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001936
1937 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1938 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1939 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1940 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1941 return ExprError();
1942 }
1943
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001944 Base.release();
1945 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001946 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001947 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001948}
1949
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001950QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001951CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001952 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001953 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001954
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001955 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1956 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001957
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001958 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001959 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1960 // to be selected.
1961 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001962
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001963 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1964 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001965 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001966
1967 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1968 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001969 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001970 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1971 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001972 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001973 do
1974 compStr++;
1975 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001976 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001977 do
1978 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001979 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001980 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001981
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001982 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001983 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1984 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001985 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1986 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001987 return QualType();
1988 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001989
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001990 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1991 // operates on.
1992 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1993 compStr = CompName.getName();
1994
1995 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001996 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001997
1998 while (*compStr) {
1999 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2000 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2001 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2002 return QualType();
2003 }
2004 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002005 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002006
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002007 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
2008 // number of elements.
2009 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002010 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002011 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002012 return QualType();
2013 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002014
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002015 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002016 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002017 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002018 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002019 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002020 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
2021 : CompName.getLength();
2022 if (HexSwizzle)
2023 CompSize--;
2024
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002025 if (CompSize == 1)
2026 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002027
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002028 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002029 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002030 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2031 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2032 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2033 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002034 }
2035 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002036}
2037
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002038static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
2039 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002040 const Selector &Sel,
2041 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002042
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002043 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002044 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002045 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002046 return OMD;
2047
2048 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2049 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002050 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
2051 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002052 return D;
2053 }
2054 return 0;
2055}
2056
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002057static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002058 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002059 const Selector &Sel,
2060 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002061 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2062 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002063 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002064 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002065 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002066 GDecl = PD;
2067 break;
2068 }
2069 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002070 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002071 GDecl = OMD;
2072 break;
2073 }
2074 }
2075 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002076 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002077 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2078 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002079 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002080 if (GDecl)
2081 return GDecl;
2082 }
2083 }
2084 return GDecl;
2085}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002086
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002087/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
2088/// all base class implementations.
2089///
2090ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
2091 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2092 const Selector &Sel) {
2093 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis87018772009-07-21 00:06:04 +00002094 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl = IFace->getImplementation())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002095 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002096
2097 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2098 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2099 return Method;
2100}
2101
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002102Action::OwningExprResult
2103Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2104 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002105 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002106 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
2107 // FIXME: handle the CXXScopeSpec for proper lookup of qualified-ids
2108 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
2109 return ExprError();
2110
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002111 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002112 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002113
2114 // Perform default conversions.
2115 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002116
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002117 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2118 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002119
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002120 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2121 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002122 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002123 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
Douglas Gregor1c0ca592009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002124 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2125 BaseExpr, true,
2126 OpLoc,
2127 DeclarationName(&Member),
2128 MemberLoc));
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002129 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002130 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002131 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2132 ;
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002133 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002134 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2135 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2136 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002137 } else {
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002138 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2139 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
2140 // (so we'll report an error for)
2141 // T* t;
2142 // t.f;
2143 //
2144 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2145 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2146 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002147 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002148
2149 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2150 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
Douglas Gregor1c0ca592009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002151 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2152 BaseExpr, false,
2153 OpLoc,
2154 DeclarationName(&Member),
2155 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002156 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002157 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002158
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002159 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2160 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002161 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002162 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002163 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002164 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2165 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2166 return ExprError();
2167
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002168 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2169 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
2170 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2171 // nested-name-specifier.
2172 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
2173
2174 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
2175 // CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr.
2176 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2177 }
2178
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002179 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002180 LookupResult Result
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002181 = LookupQualifiedName(DC, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002182 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002183
Douglas Gregordcee1a12009-08-06 05:28:30 +00002184 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002185 QualType BaseTypeCanon
2186 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
2187 QualType MemberTypeCanon
2188 = Context.getCanonicalType(
2189 Context.getTypeDeclType(
2190 dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(Result.getAsDecl()->getDeclContext())));
2191
2192 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2193 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2194 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2195 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2196 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2197 }
2198
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002199 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002200 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2201 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002202 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002203 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2204 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2205 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002206 }
2207
2208 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002209
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002210 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2211 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2212 // error cases.
2213 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2214 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002215
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002216 // Check the use of this field
2217 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2218 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002219
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002220 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002221 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2222 // (C++ [class.union]).
2223 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002224 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002225 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002226
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002227 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002228 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002229 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002230 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2231 else {
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002232 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseType.getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002233 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2234 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002235 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002236 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2237 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002238 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
2239 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002240 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002241
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002242 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002243 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2244 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002245 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2246 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002247 }
2248
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002249 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2250 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002251 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002252 Var, MemberLoc,
2253 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002254 }
2255 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2256 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002257 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002258 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2259 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002260 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002261 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2262 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002263 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002264 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002265 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2266 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002267 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2268 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002269 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002270 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002271 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2272 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002273
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002274 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2275 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2276 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002277 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2278 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2279 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002280 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002281
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002282 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00002283 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002284 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2285 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2286 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2287 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2288 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2289 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2290 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2291 // Check the use of this method.
2292 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2293 return ExprError();
2294 }
2295 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2296 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2297 Selector SetterSel =
2298 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2299 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
2300 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2301 if (!Setter) {
2302 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2303 // methods.
2304 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
2305 }
2306 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002307 if (!Setter)
2308 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002309
2310 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2311 return ExprError();
2312
2313 if (Getter || Setter) {
2314 QualType PType;
2315
2316 if (Getter)
2317 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2318 else {
2319 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2320 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2321 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2322 }
2323 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2324 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2325 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2326 }
2327 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2328 << &Member << BaseType);
2329 }
2330 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002331 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2332 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002333 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2334 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
2335 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2336 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
2337 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002338 if (IFaceT) {
2339 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2340 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2341 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member, ClassDeclared);
2342
2343 if (IV) {
2344 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2345 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2346 // error cases.
2347 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2348 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002349
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002350 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2351 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2352 return ExprError();
2353 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2354 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2355 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2356 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2357 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2358 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2359 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2360 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2361 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2362 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2363 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2364 // AST for a function decl.
2365 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
2366 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2367 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2368 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2369 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2370 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2371 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2372 }
2373
2374 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2375 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
2376 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
2377 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
2378 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002379 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2380 // @protected
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002381 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
2382 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002383 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002384
2385 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2386 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2387 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002388 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002389 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2390 << IDecl->getDeclName() << &Member
2391 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002392 }
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002393 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2394 // is a reference to 'isa'.
Steve Naroff99b10be2009-07-29 14:06:03 +00002395 if (Member.isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002396 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2397 Context.getObjCIdType()));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002398 }
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002399 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
2400 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
2401 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2402 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2403
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002404 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2405 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2406 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2407 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2408 // Check the use of this declaration
2409 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2410 return ExprError();
2411
2412 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2413 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2414 }
2415 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2416 // Check the use of this method.
2417 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2418 return ExprError();
2419
2420 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
2421 OMD->getResultType(),
2422 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2423 NULL, 0));
2424 }
2425 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002426
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002427 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2428 << &Member << BaseType);
2429 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002430 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2431 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002432 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
2433 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2434 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2435 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2436 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
2437
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002438 // Search for a declared property first.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002439 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002440 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2441 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2442 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002443 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2444 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002445 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianc001e892009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002446 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2447 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002448 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002449 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2450 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002451 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002452 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2453 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002454 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002455 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2456 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2457 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002458
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002459 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002460 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2461 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002462 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2463 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
2464 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
2465 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2466 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2467 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002468
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002469 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2470 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2471 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002472 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2473 // selector is implemented.
2474
2475 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2476 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2477
2478 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002479 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002480
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002481 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2482 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002483 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002484
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002485 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002486 if (!Getter)
2487 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002488 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002489 // Check if we can reference this property.
2490 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2491 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002492 }
2493 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2494 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2495 Selector SetterSel =
2496 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2497 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002498 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002499 if (!Setter) {
2500 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2501 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002502 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002503 }
2504 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002505 if (!Setter)
2506 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002507
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002508 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2509 return ExprError();
2510
2511 if (Getter || Setter) {
2512 QualType PType;
2513
2514 if (Getter)
2515 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2516 else {
2517 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2518 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2519 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2520 }
2521 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2522 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2523 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2524 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002525 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2526 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002527 }
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002528
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002529 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
2530 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2531 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Steve Naroff99b10be2009-07-29 14:06:03 +00002532 Member.isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002533 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2534 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2535
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002536 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002537 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002538 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2539 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002540 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002541 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002542 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002543 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002544
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002545 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2546 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2547
2548 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2549 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2550 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2551 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2552 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2553 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002554 BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->isFunctionType())) {
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002555 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2556 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2557 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2558 }
2559
2560 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002561}
2562
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002563/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2564/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2565/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2566/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2567/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2568/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002569bool
2570Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002571 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002572 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002573 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2574 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002575 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002576 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2577 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2578 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002579 bool Invalid = false;
2580
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002581 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2582 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2583 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2584 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2585 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2586 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2587 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2588 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002589 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002590 }
2591
2592 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2593 // them.
2594 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2595 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2596 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2597 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2598 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2599 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2600 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2601 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002602 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002603 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002604 }
2605 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2606 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002607
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002608 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2609 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2610 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002611
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002612 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002613 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002614 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002615
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002616 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2617 ProtoArgType,
2618 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2619 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2620 return true;
2621
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002622 // Pass the argument.
2623 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2624 return true;
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002625 } else {
2626 if (FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2627 Diag (Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2628 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2629 FDecl << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
2630 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[FDecl->getParamDecl(i)],
2631 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
Anders Carlssonf54741e2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002632 } else {
2633 Expr *DefaultExpr = FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->getDefaultArg();
2634
2635 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2636 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2637 // be properly destroyed.
2638 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
2639 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
2640 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
2641 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2642 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2643 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2644 }
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002645 }
Anders Carlssonf54741e2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002646
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002647 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002648 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002649 }
2650
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002651 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002652
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002653 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2654 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002655
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002656 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2657 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002658 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2659 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2660 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2661 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2662 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2663
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002664 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2665 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2666 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002667 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002668 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2669 }
2670 }
2671
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002672 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002673}
2674
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002675/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002676/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2677/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002678Action::OwningExprResult
2679Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2680 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002681 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002682 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002683 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002684 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002685 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002686 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002687 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002688 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002689
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002690 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002691 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002692 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002693 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2694 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002695 bool Dependent = false;
2696 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2697 Dependent = true;
2698 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2699 Dependent = true;
2700
2701 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002702 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002703 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2704
2705 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2706 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2707 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2708 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2709
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002710 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002711 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2712 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2713 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2714 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2715 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2716 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2717 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002718 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2719 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002720 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002721 }
2722
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002723 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002724 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2725 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002726 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2727 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002728 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2729 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2730 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002731 while (true) {
2732 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2733 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2734 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002735 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002736 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002737 ADL = false;
2738 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2739 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002740 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002741 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2742 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002743 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002744 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2745 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002746 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002747 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002748 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002749 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2750 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2751 break;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002752 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2753 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2754 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregord99cbe62009-07-29 18:26:50 +00002755 if (!NDecl)
2756 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002757 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
2758 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2759 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2760
2761 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2762 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2763 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2764 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2765 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2766 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2767 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2768 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2769 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2770 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2771 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2772 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2773 //
2774 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2775 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2776 // is still possible.
2777 if (TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())
2778 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002779 break;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002780 } else {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002781 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2782 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2783 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002784 break;
2785 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002786 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002787
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002788 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002789 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002790 if (NDecl) {
2791 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2792 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002793 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2794 else
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002795 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2796 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002797 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002798
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002799 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
2800 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002801 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor3c385e52009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002802 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002803 ADL = false;
2804
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002805 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2806 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2807 ADL = false;
2808
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002809 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002810 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
2811 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2812 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2813 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2814 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
2815 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002816 if (!FDecl)
2817 return ExprError();
2818
2819 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2820 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002821 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002822 = dyn_cast<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002823 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2824 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2825 false, false,
2826 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2827 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002828 else
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002829 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002830 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2831 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2832 Fn = NewFn;
2833 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002834 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002835
2836 // Promote the function operand.
2837 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2838
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002839 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2840 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002841 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2842 Args, NumArgs,
2843 Context.BoolTy,
2844 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002845
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002846 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2847 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2848 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2849 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002850 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002851 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002852 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2853 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002854 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2855 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002856 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002857 getAsFunctionType();
2858 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002859 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002860 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2861 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2862
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002863 // Check for a valid return type
2864 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2865 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2866 FuncT->getResultType(),
2867 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2868 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2869 return ExprError();
2870
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002871 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002872 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002873
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002874 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002875 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002876 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002877 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002878 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002879 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002880
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002881 if (FDecl) {
2882 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2883 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2884 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002885 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002886 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
2887 Def->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType();
2888 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2889 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2890 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2891 }
2892 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002893 }
2894
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002895 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002896 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2897 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2898 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002899 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2900 Arg->getType(),
2901 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2902 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2903 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002904 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002905 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002906 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002907
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002908 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2909 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002910 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2911 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002912
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002913 // Check for sentinels
2914 if (NDecl)
2915 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002916 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002917 if (FDecl)
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002918 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +00002919 if (NDecl)
2920 return CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002921
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002922 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002923}
2924
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002925Action::OwningExprResult
2926Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2927 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002928 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002929 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002930 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002931 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002932 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002933
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002934 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002935 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002936 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2937 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002938 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2939 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2940 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002941 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002942 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002943
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002944 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002945 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002946 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002947
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002948 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002949 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002950 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002951 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002952 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002953 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002954 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002955 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002956}
2957
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002958Action::OwningExprResult
2959Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002960 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2961 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2962 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002963
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002964 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002965 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002966
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002967 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002968 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002969 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002970 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002971}
2972
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002973/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00002974bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
2975 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002976 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00002977 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, FunctionalStyle);
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002978
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002979 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2980
2981 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2982 // type needs to be scalar.
2983 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2984 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
2985 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002986 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2987 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2988 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2989 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002990 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002991 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2992 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2993 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2994 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002995 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002996 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002997 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002998 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2999 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3000 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
3001 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3002 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3003 break;
3004 }
3005 }
3006 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3007 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3008 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3009 } else {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003010 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003011 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003012 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003013 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003014 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003015 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003016 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3017 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003018 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003019 } else if (castType->isExtVectorType()) {
3020 if (CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003021 return true;
3022 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
3023 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
3024 return true;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003025 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3026 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
3027 return true;
Steve Naroff6b9dfd42009-03-04 15:11:40 +00003028 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003029 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003030 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
3031 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3032 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3033 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3034 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3035 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3036 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3037 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3038 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3039 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3040 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003041 }
Fariborz Jahanianb5ff6bf2009-05-22 21:42:52 +00003042 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3043 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003044 return false;
3045}
3046
Chris Lattnerfe23e212007-12-20 00:44:32 +00003047bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003048 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003049
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003050 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003051 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003052 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003053 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003054 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003055 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003056 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003057 } else
3058 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003059 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003060 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003061
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003062 return false;
3063}
3064
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003065bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy) {
3066 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
3067
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003068 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3069 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003070 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3071 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3072 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3073 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
3074 return false;
3075 }
3076
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003077 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003078 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3079 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003080 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3081 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3082 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3083 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003084 return false;
3085}
3086
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003087Action::OwningExprResult
3088Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3089 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3090 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3091 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003092
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003093 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003094 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
3095
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003096 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003097 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003098 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Anders Carlssoncdef2b72009-07-31 00:48:10 +00003099 CastExpr::CK_Unknown, castExpr,
3100 castType, LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003101}
3102
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003103/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3104/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003105/// C99 6.5.15
3106QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3107 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003108 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3109 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3110 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3111
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003112 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3113 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3114 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3115 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3116 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3117 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003118
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003119 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003120 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3121 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3122 << CondTy;
3123 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003124 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003125
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003126 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003127
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003128 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3129 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003130 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3131 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3132 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003133 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003134
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003135 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3136 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003137 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3138 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003139 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003140 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003141 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003142 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003143 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003144 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003145
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003146 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003147 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003148 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3149 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3150 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3151 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3152 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3153 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3154 << LHS->getSourceRange();
3155 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
3156 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003157 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003158 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003159 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3160 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003161 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003162 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3163 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3164 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003165 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003166 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003167 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3168 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3169 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003170 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003171 // Handle block pointer types.
3172 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3173 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3174 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3175 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3176 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType);
3177 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType);
3178 return destType;
3179 }
3180 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3181 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3182 return QualType();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003183 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003184 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3185 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3186 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003187 return LHSTy;
3188 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003189 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003190 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3191 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003192
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003193 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3194 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003195 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3196 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3197 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3198 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3199 // to get a consistent AST.
3200 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3201 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3202 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3203 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003204 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003205 // The block pointer types are compatible.
3206 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3207 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003208 return LHSTy;
3209 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003210 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003211 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003212
3213 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3214 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3215 return LHSTy;
3216 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003217 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
3218 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003219 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
3220
3221 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3222 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3223 // type. This allows
3224 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3225 // where B is a subclass of A.
3226 //
3227 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3228 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3229 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3230 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3231
3232 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3233 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003234 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003235 compositeType = LHSTy;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003236 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003237 compositeType = RHSTy;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003238 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
3239 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003240 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003241 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
3242 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3243 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3244 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3245 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3246 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003247 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3248 } else {
3249 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3250 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3251 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3252 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
3253 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3254 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3255 return incompatTy;
3256 }
3257 // The object pointer types are compatible.
3258 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3259 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3260 return compositeType;
3261 }
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003262 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3263 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003264 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003265 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3266 QualType destPointee = lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3267 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3268 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3269 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3270 return destType;
3271 }
3272 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3273 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003274 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003275 QualType destPointee = rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3276 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3277 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3278 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // promote to void*
3279 return destType;
3280 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003281 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3282 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3283 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003284 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3285 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003286
3287 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3288 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3289 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
3290 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3291 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3292 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3293 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3294 return destType;
3295 }
3296 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3297 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3298 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3299 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3300 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3301 return destType;
3302 }
3303
3304 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3305 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3306 return LHSTy;
3307 }
3308 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3309 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3310 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3311 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3312 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3313 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3314 // to get a consistent AST.
3315 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3316 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3317 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3318 return incompatTy;
3319 }
3320 // The pointer types are compatible.
3321 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3322 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3323 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3324 // type.
3325 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3326 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3327 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3328 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3329 return LHSTy;
3330 }
3331
3332 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3333 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3334 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3335 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3336 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3337 return RHSTy;
3338 }
3339 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3340 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3341 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3342 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3343 return LHSTy;
3344 }
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003345
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003346 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003347 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3348 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003349 return QualType();
3350}
3351
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003352/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003353/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003354Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3355 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3356 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3357 ExprArg RHS) {
3358 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3359 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003360
3361 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3362 // was the condition.
3363 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3364 if (isLHSNull)
3365 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003366
3367 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003368 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003369 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003370 return ExprError();
3371
3372 Cond.release();
3373 LHS.release();
3374 RHS.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003375 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003376 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3377 RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003378}
3379
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003380// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003381// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003382// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3383// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3384// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003385Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003386Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3387 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003388
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003389 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003390 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3391 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003392
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003393 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003394 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3395 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003396
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003397 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003398
3399 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3400 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3401 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003402 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003403 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003404 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003405
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003406 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3407 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003408 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003409 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003410 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003411 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003412
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003413 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003414 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3415 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003416 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003417
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003418 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003419 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003420 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003421
3422 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003423 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3424 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003425 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003426 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003427 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003428 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3429 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3430 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3431 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3432 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3433 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3434 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3435 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3436 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3437 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3438 }
3439 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3440 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3441 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3442 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3443 }
3444 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3445 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3446 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3447 // warning can be disabled.
3448 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3449 return ConvTy;
3450 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3451 }
3452 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3453 return IncompatiblePointer;
3454 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003455 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003456}
3457
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003458/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3459/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3460/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3461// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003462Sema::AssignConvertType
3463Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003464 QualType rhsType) {
3465 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003466
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003467 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003468 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3469 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003470
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003471 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3472 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3473 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003474
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003475 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003476
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003477 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3478 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3479 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003480
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003481 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003482 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003483 return ConvTy;
3484}
3485
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003486/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3487/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003488/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3489///
3490/// int a, *pint;
3491/// short *pshort;
3492/// struct foo *pfoo;
3493///
3494/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3495/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3496/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3497/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3498///
3499/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003500/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003501///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003502Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003503Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003504 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3505 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003506 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3507 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003508
3509 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003510 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003511
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003512 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3513 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3514 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3515 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3516 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3517 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3518 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003519 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003520 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003521 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003522 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003523 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003524 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3525 // to the same ExtVector type.
3526 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3527 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3528 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3529 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3530 return Compatible;
3531 }
3532
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003533 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003534 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003535 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003536 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003537 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3538 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003539 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003540 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003541 }
3542 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003543 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003544
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003545 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003546 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003547
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003548 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003549 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003550 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003551
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003552 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003553 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003554
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003555 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003556 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003557 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3558 return Compatible;
3559 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003560 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003561 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3562 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003563 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003564
3565 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003566 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003567 return Compatible;
3568 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003569 return Incompatible;
3570 }
3571
3572 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3573 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003574 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003575
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003576 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003577 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003578 return Compatible;
3579
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003580 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3581 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003582
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003583 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003584 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003585 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003586 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003587 return Incompatible;
3588 }
3589
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003590 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3591 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3592 return IntToPointer;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003593
3594 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003595 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003596 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3597 return Compatible;
3598 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003599 }
3600 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003601 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3602 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003603 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3604 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003605 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3606 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003607 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003608 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003609 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003610 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3611 return Compatible;
3612 }
3613 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3614 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3615 return Compatible;
3616 return Incompatible;
3617 }
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003618 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003619 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003620 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3621 return Compatible;
3622
3623 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003624 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003625
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003626 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003627 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003628
3629 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003630 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003631 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003632 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003633 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003634 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3635 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3636 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3637 return Compatible;
3638
3639 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3640 return PointerToInt;
3641
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003642 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003643 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003644 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3645 return Compatible;
3646 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003647 }
3648 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003649 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003650 return Compatible;
3651 return Incompatible;
3652 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003653
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003654 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003655 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003656 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003657 }
3658 return Incompatible;
3659}
3660
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003661/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3662/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3663static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3664 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3665 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3666 // of the transparent union.
3667 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3668 &E, 1,
3669 SourceLocation());
3670 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3671 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3672
3673 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3674 // union type from this initializer list.
3675 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3676 false);
3677}
3678
3679Sema::AssignConvertType
3680Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3681 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3682
3683 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3684 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3685 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003686 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003687 return Incompatible;
3688
3689 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3690 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3691 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3692 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003693 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3694 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003695 it != itend; ++it) {
3696 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3697 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3698 // 1) void pointer
3699 // 2) null pointer constant
3700 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003701 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003702 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3703 InitField = *it;
3704 break;
3705 }
3706
3707 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3708 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3709 InitField = *it;
3710 break;
3711 }
3712 }
3713
3714 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3715 == Compatible) {
3716 InitField = *it;
3717 break;
3718 }
3719 }
3720
3721 if (!InitField)
3722 return Incompatible;
3723
3724 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3725 return Compatible;
3726}
3727
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003728Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003729Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003730 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3731 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3732 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3733 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3734 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003735 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3736 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003737 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003738 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003739 }
3740
3741 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3742 // structures.
3743 }
3744
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003745 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3746 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Narofff7f52e72009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003747 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003748 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003749 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahanian9d3185e2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003750 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003751 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003752 return Compatible;
3753 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003754
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003755 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003756 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003757 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003758 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003759 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003760 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003761 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3762 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003763
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003764 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3765 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003766
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003767 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3768 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003769 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3770 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3771 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3772 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003773 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003774 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003775 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003776}
3777
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003778QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003779 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003780 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003781 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003782 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003783}
3784
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003785inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003786 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003787 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003788 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003789 QualType lhsType =
3790 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3791 QualType rhsType =
3792 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003793
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003794 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003795 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003796 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003797
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003798 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3799 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003800 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3801 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3802 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003803 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3804 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003805 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003806 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003807 }
3808 }
3809 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003810
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003811 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
3812 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
3813 bool swapped = false;
3814 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3815 swapped = true;
3816 std::swap(rex, lex);
3817 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
3818 }
3819
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003820 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003821 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
3822 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
3823 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
3824 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003825 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003826 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3827 return lhsType;
3828 }
3829 }
3830 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
3831 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3832 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003833 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003834 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3835 return lhsType;
3836 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003837 }
3838 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003839
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003840 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003841 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003842 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003843 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003844 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003845}
3846
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003847inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003848 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003849{
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003850 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003851 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003852
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003853 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003854
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003855 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003856 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003857 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003858}
3859
3860inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003861 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003862{
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003863 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3864 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3865 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3866 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3867 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003868
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003869 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003870
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003871 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003872 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003873 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003874}
3875
3876inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003877 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003878{
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003879 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3880 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3881 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3882 return compType;
3883 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003884
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003885 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003886
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003887 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003888 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3889 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3890 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003891 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003892 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003893
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003894 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3895 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003896 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003897 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3898
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003899 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003900
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003901 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003902 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003903
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003904 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3905 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003906 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3907 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003908 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003909 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003910 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003911
3912 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3913 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3914 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003915 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003916 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3917 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3918 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3919 return QualType();
3920 }
3921
3922 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3923 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3924 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00003925 } else {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003926 // Check if we require a complete type.
3927 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00003928 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003929 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
3930 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
3931 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3932 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3933 PExp->getType()))
3934 return QualType();
3935 }
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003936 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3937 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3938 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3939 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3940 return QualType();
3941 }
3942
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003943 if (CompLHSTy) {
3944 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3945 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3946 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003947 else {
3948 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3949 if (!T.isNull())
3950 LHSTy = T;
3951 }
3952
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003953 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3954 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003955 return PExp->getType();
3956 }
3957 }
3958
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003959 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003960}
3961
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003962// C99 6.5.6
3963QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003964 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3965 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3966 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3967 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3968 return compType;
3969 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003970
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003971 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003972
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003973 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003974
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003975 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003976 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3977 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003978 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003979 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003980 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003981
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003982 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003983 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00003984 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003985
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003986 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003987
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003988 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3989 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3990 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3991 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3992 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3993 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3994 return QualType();
3995 }
3996
3997 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3998 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3999 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4000 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4001 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004002 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004003 return QualType();
4004 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004005
4006 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4007 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4008 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
4009 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
4010 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
4011 lex->getSourceRange(),
4012 SourceRange(),
4013 lex->getType()))
4014 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004015
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004016 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4017 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4018 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4019 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4020 return QualType();
4021 }
4022
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004023 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004024 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4025 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4026 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4027 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4028 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4029 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4030 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
4031 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4032
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004033 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004034 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004035 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004036
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004037 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004038 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004039 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004040
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004041 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4042 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4043 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4044 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4045 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4046 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4047 return QualType();
4048 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004049
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004050 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4051 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4052 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4053 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004054 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004055 return QualType();
4056 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004057
4058 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4059 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4060 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4061 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4062 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
4063 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
4064 rex->getSourceRange(),
4065 SourceRange(),
4066 rex->getType()))
4067 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004068
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004069 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4070 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4071 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4072 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4073 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4074 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4075 return QualType();
4076 }
4077 } else {
4078 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4079 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4080 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4081 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4082 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4083 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4084 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4085 return QualType();
4086 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004087 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004088
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004089 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4090 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4091 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4092 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4093 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4094 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
4095 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004096
4097 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004098 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4099 }
4100 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004101
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004102 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004103}
4104
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004105// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004106QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004107 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004108 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4109 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004110 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004111
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004112 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4113 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004114 QualType LHSTy;
4115 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
4116 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004117 else {
4118 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
4119 if (LHSTy.isNull())
4120 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4121 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004122 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004123 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
4124
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004125 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004126
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004127 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004128 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004129}
4130
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004131// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004132QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004133 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4134 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4135
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004136 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004137 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004138
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004139 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004140 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4141 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4142 else {
4143 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4144 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4145 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004146 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4147 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004148
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004149 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4150 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004151 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4152 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4153 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004154 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
4155 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004156 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4157 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4158 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4159 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004160 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4161 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004162 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004163
4164 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4165 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4166 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4167 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4168
4169 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4170 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004171 Expr *literalString = 0;
4172 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004173 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004174 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
4175 literalString = lex;
4176 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004177 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4178 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
4179 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004180 literalString = rex;
4181 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4182 }
4183
4184 if (literalString) {
4185 std::string resultComparison;
4186 switch (Opc) {
4187 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4188 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4189 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4190 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4191 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4192 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4193 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4194 }
4195 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4196 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4197 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004198 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4199 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4200 "strcmp(")
4201 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4202 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004203 resultComparison);
4204 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004205 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004206
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004207 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004208 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004209
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004210 if (isRelational) {
4211 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004212 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004213 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004214 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004215 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004216 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004217 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004218 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004219
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004220 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004221 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004222 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004223
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004224 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
4225 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004226
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004227 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4228 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4229 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004230 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004231 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004232 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004233 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004234 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004235
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004236 if (isRelational) {
4237 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() || rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004238 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4239 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4240 }
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004241 if (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() != RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
4242 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4243 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4244 }
4245 } else {
4246 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() != rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
4247 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
4248 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4249 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4250 }
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004251 }
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004252
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004253 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
4254 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4255 return ResultTy;
4256
4257 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4258 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4259 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4260 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4261 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4262 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4263 //
4264 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
4265 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorde866f32009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004266 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004267 if (T.isNull()) {
4268 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4269 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4270 return QualType();
4271 }
4272
4273 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4274 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4275 return ResultTy;
4276 }
4277
Steve Naroff66296cb2007-11-13 14:57:38 +00004278 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004279 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
4280 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004281 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004282 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004283 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004284 }
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004285 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004286 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004287 }
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004288 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
4289 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4290 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
4291 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
4292 return ResultTy;
4293 }
4294 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
4295 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
4296 return ResultTy;
4297 }
4298 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
4299 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4300 return ResultTy;
4301 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004302 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004303 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004304 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4305 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004306
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004307 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004308 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004309 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004310 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004311 }
4312 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004313 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004314 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004315 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004316 if (!isRelational
4317 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4318 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004319 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004320 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004321 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004322 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004323 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4324 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4325 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004326 }
4327 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004328 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004329 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004330
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004331 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004332 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004333 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4334 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004335 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004336 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004337 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004338 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004339
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004340 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4341 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004342 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004343 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004344 }
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004345 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004346 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004347 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004348 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4349 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
4350 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4351 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4352 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004353 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004354 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004355 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004356 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004357 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004358 if (isRelational)
4359 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4360 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4361 else if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004362 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004363 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004364 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004365 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004366 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004367 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004368 if (isRelational)
4369 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4370 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4371 else if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004372 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004373 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004374 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004375 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004376 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004377 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004378 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4379 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004380 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004381 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004382 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004383 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4384 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004385 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004386 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004387 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004388 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004389}
4390
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004391/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004392/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004393/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4394/// types.
4395QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004396 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004397 bool isRelational) {
4398 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4399 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004400 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004401 if (vType.isNull())
4402 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004403
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004404 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4405 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004406
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004407 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4408 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4409 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4410 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4411 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4412 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4413 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004414 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004415 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004416
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004417 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4418 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4419 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004420 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004421 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004422
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004423 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4424 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4425 // elements for floating point vectors.
4426 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4427 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004428
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004429 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004430 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004431 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004432 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004433 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004434 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4435
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004436 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004437 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004438 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4439}
4440
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004441inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004442 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004443{
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004444 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004445 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004446
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004447 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004448
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004449 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004450 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004451 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004452}
4453
4454inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004455 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004456{
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004457 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4458 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004459
Eli Friedman5773a6c2008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004460 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004461 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004462 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004463}
4464
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004465/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4466/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4467/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4468///
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004469static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004470{
4471 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4472 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4473 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4474 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004475 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
4476 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4477 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4478 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4479 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004480 }
4481 }
4482 return false;
4483}
4484
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004485/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4486/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4487static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004488 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4489 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4490 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004491 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4492 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004493 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4494 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004495
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004496 unsigned Diag = 0;
4497 bool NeedType = false;
4498 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4499 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4500 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004501 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004502 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4503 NeedType = true;
4504 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004505 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004506 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4507 NeedType = true;
4508 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004509 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004510 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4511 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004512 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004513 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4514 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004515 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4516 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004517 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004518 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4519 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004520 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004521 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4522 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004523 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004524 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4525 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004526 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4527 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4528 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004529 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4530 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4531 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004532 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004533
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004534 SourceRange Assign;
4535 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4536 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004537 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004538 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004539 else
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004540 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004541 return true;
4542}
4543
4544
4545
4546// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004547QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4548 SourceLocation Loc,
4549 QualType CompoundType) {
4550 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4551 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004552 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004553
4554 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4555 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004556
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004557 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004558 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004559 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004560 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004561 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4562 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4563 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004564 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004565 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004566 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004567 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004568
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004569 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4570 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4571 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004572 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004573 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4574 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4575 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4576 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4577 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004578 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004579 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004580 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4581 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4582 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004583 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4584 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004585 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4586 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4587 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004588 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004589 }
4590 } else {
4591 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004592 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004593 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004594
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004595 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4596 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004597 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004598
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004599 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4600 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004601 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004602 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4603 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004604 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004605 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004606 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004607}
4608
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004609// C99 6.5.17
4610QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004611 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004612 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004613
4614 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4615 // incomplete in C++).
4616
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004617 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004618}
4619
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004620/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4621/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004622QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4623 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004624 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4625 return Context.DependentTy;
4626
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004627 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4628 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004629
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004630 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4631 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4632 if (!isInc) {
4633 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4634 return QualType();
4635 }
4636 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4637 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4638 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004639 // OK!
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004640 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
4641 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004642
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004643 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004644 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004645 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4646 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4647 << Op->getSourceRange();
4648 return QualType();
4649 }
4650
4651 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004652 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004653 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004654 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4655 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4656 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4657 return QualType();
4658 }
4659
4660 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004661 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004662 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004663 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4664 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4665 ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004666 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00004667 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4668 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4669 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4670 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
4671 return QualType();
4672 }
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004673 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4674 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4675 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004676 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004677 } else {
4678 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004679 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004680 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004681 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004682 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004683 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004684 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004685 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004686 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004687}
4688
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004689/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004690/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004691/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4692/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4693/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4694/// - &(x) => x
4695/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4696/// - &s.xx => s
4697/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4698/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4699/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4700/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004701static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004702 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004703 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004704 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004705 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004706 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004707 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4708 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4709 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004710 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004711 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004712 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004713 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004714 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004715 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4716 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004717 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4718 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4719 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4720 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4721 }
4722 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004723 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004724 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4725 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004726
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004727 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004728 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4729 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4730 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4731 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4732 default:
4733 return 0;
4734 }
4735 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004736 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004737 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004738 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004739 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4740 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004741 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004742 default:
4743 return 0;
4744 }
4745}
4746
4747/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004748/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004749/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004750/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004751/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004752/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004753/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004754QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004755 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4756 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4757
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004758 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4759 return Context.DependentTy;
4760
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004761 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4762 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4763 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4764 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4765 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4766 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4767 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4768 }
4769 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4770 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4771 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004772 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004773 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004774
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004775 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4776 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004777 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004778 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004779 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004780 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4781 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004782 return QualType();
4783 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004784 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004785 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4786 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4787 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004788 return QualType();
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004789 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4790 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004791 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004792 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004793 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004794 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian0337f212009-07-07 18:50:52 +00004795 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
4796 // cannot take address of a property expression.
4797 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4798 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
4799 return QualType();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004800 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004801 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004802 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4803 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4804 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004805 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4806 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004807 return QualType();
4808 }
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004809 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
4810 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004811 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004812 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004813 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004814 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4815 // scope qualifier for the class.
4816 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4817 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004818 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
4819 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
4820 Diag(OpLoc,
4821 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
4822 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
4823 return QualType();
4824 }
4825
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004826 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4827 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004828 }
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004829 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004830 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004831 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004832 // As above.
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004833 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
4834 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4835 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
4836 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004837 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004838 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004839
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004840 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4841 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
4842 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
4843 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
4844 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
4845 }
4846
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004847 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4848 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4849}
4850
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004851QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004852 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4853 return Context.DependentTy;
4854
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004855 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4856 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004857
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004858 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4859 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4860 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4861 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004862 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004863 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004864
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004865 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAsObjCObjectPointerType())
4866 return OPT->getPointeeType();
4867
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004868 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004869 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004870 return QualType();
4871}
4872
4873static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4874 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4875 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4876 switch (Kind) {
4877 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004878 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4879 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004880 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4881 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4882 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4883 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4884 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4885 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4886 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4887 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4888 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4889 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4890 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4891 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4892 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4893 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4894 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4895 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4896 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4897 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4898 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4899 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4900 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4901 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4902 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4903 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4904 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4905 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4906 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4907 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4908 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4909 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4910 }
4911 return Opc;
4912}
4913
4914static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4915 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4916 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4917 switch (Kind) {
4918 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4919 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4920 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4921 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4922 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4923 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4924 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4925 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4926 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004927 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4928 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4929 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4930 }
4931 return Opc;
4932}
4933
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004934/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4935/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4936/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004937Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4938 unsigned Op,
4939 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004940 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004941 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004942 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4943 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4944 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004945
4946 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004947 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4948 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4949 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004950 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4951 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4952 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4953 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4954 break;
4955 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004956 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4957 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4958 break;
4959 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4960 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4961 break;
4962 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4963 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4964 break;
4965 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4966 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4967 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004968 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004969 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4970 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4971 break;
4972 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4973 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4974 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4975 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004976 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004977 break;
4978 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4979 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004980 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004981 break;
4982 case BinaryOperator::And:
4983 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4984 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4985 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4986 break;
4987 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4988 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4989 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4990 break;
4991 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4992 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004993 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4994 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4995 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4996 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004997 break;
4998 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004999 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5000 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5001 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5002 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005003 break;
5004 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005005 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5006 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5007 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005008 break;
5009 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005010 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5011 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5012 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005013 break;
5014 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5015 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005016 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5017 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5018 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5019 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005020 break;
5021 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5022 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5023 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005024 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5025 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5026 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5027 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005028 break;
5029 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5030 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5031 break;
5032 }
5033 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005034 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005035 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005036 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5037 else
5038 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005039 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5040 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005041}
5042
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005043// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005044Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5045 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5046 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005047 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005048 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005049
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005050 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5051 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005052
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005053 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5054 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
5055 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5056 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5057 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5058 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5059 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005060 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005061 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5062 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5063 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5064 Functions);
5065 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
5066 DeclarationName OpName
5067 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5068 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005069 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005070
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005071 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5072 // binary operation.
5073 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005074 }
5075
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005076 // Build a built-in binary operation.
5077 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005078}
5079
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005080Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5081 unsigned OpcIn,
5082 ExprArg InputArg) {
5083 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005084
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005085 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005086 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005087 QualType resultType;
5088 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005089 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5090 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5091 break;
5092
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005093 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5094 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005095 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5096 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005097 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005098 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5099 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005100 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005101 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005102 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5103 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005104 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005105 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005106 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5107 break;
5108 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5109 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005110 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5111 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005112 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5113 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005114 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5115 break;
5116 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5117 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5118 break;
5119 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5120 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5121 resultType->isPointerType())
5122 break;
5123
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005124 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5125 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005126 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005127 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5128 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005129 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5130 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005131 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5132 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5133 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005134 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005135 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005136 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005137 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5138 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005139 break;
5140 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
5141 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005142 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5143 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005144 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5145 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005146 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005147 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5148 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005149 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005150 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5151 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005152 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005153 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005154 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005155 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005156 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005157 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005158 resultType = Input->getType();
5159 break;
5160 }
5161 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005162 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005163
5164 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005165 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005166}
5167
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005168// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5169Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5170 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5171 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
5172 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
5173
5174 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5175 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5176 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5177 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5178 // the arguments.
5179 FunctionSet Functions;
5180 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5181 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5182 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5183 Functions);
5184 DeclarationName OpName
5185 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5186 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
5187 }
5188
5189 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5190 }
5191
5192 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5193}
5194
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005195/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005196Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5197 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5198 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005199 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005200 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005201
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005202 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5203 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005204 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005205 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005206
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005207 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005208 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5209 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005210}
5211
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005212Sema::OwningExprResult
5213Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5214 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5215 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005216 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5217 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5218
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005219 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005220 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005221 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005222
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005223 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5224 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5225 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005226
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005227 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5228 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5229 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005230
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005231 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5232 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5233 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5234 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5235 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005236
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005237 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005238 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005239 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005240
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005241 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5242 // expressions are not lvalues.
5243
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005244 substmt.release();
5245 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005246}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005247
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005248Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5249 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5250 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5251 TypeTy *argty,
5252 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5253 unsigned NumComponents,
5254 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5255 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5256 // error.
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005257 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
5258 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005259
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005260 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5261
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005262 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5263 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5264 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005265 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005266 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005267
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005268 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5269 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005270
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005271 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5272 // the offsetof designators.
5273 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5274 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005275 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005276 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005277
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005278 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5279 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005280 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5281 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005282 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005283 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5284 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005285
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005286 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005287 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005288
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005289 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5290 // leaks like a sieve.
5291 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5292 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5293 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5294 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5295 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5296 if (!AT) {
5297 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005298 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5299 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005300 }
5301
5302 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5303
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005304 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5305 // expression.
5306 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5307
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005308 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5309 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005310 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005311 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005312 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005313 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005314 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005315
5316 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5317 OC.LocEnd);
5318 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005319 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005320
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005321 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005322 if (!RC) {
5323 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005324 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5325 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005326 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005327
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005328 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5329 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005330 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005331 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonf9b8bc62009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005332 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5333 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5334 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005335 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5336 }
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005337 }
5338
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005339 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5340 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5341 LookupMemberName)
5342 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005343 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005344 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005345 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
5346 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005347
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005348 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5349 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005350 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005351 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5352 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005353 } else {
5354 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5355 // doesn't matter here.
5356 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5357 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5358 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005359 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005360 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005361
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005362 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5363 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005364}
5365
5366
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005367Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5368 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5369 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005370 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
5371 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005372
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005373 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005374
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005375 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5376 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5377 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5378 return ExprError();
5379 }
5380
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005381 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5382 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005383}
5384
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005385Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5386 ExprArg cond,
5387 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5388 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5389 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5390 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5391 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005392
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005393 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5394
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005395 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005396 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005397 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5398 } else {
5399 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5400 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5401 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5402 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005403 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5404 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5405 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005406
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005407 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5408 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5409 }
5410
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005411 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5412 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5413 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005414}
5415
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005416//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5417// Clang Extensions.
5418//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5419
5420/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005421void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005422 // Analyze block parameters.
5423 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005424
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005425 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5426 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5427 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005428
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005429 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005430 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005431 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbar1d2154c2009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005432 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005433 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5434 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005435
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005436 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005437 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005438}
5439
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005440void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005441 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005442
5443 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5444 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005445 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005446 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5447
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005448 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5449 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5450 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5451 return;
5452 }
5453
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005454 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5455 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5456 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5457
5458 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5459 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005460 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005461 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005462 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005463 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005464 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5465 }
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005466 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5467
5468 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5469 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5470 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5471 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5472 return;
5473 }
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005474 return;
5475 }
5476
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005477 // Analyze arguments to block.
5478 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5479 "Not a function declarator!");
5480 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005481
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005482 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5483 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005484
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005485 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5486 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5487 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5488 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005489 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5490 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005491 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005492 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005493 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5494 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005495 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005496 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005497 }
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005498 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005499 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005500 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005501 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005502 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5503 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5504 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5505 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5506 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005507
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005508 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor68584ed2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005509 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005510 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005511 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005512 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005513 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5514 }
5515
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005516 // Analyze the return type.
5517 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5518 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5519
5520 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5521 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5522 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5523 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5524 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005525 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005526}
5527
5528/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5529/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5530void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5531 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5532 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005533
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005534 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5535
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005536 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005537 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005538 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005539 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005540}
5541
5542/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5543/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005544Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5545 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005546 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5547 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5548 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5549
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005550 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5551 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005552
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005553 PopDeclContext();
5554
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005555 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5556 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005557
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005558 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005559 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5560 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005561
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005562 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5563 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5564 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005565
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005566 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005567 QualType BlockTy;
5568 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005569 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5570 NoReturn);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005571 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005572 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005573 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5574 NoReturn);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005575
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005576 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005577 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005578 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005579
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005580 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5581 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5582 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5583 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5584
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005585 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005586 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005587 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5588 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005589}
5590
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005591Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5592 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5593 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005594 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005595 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5596 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5597
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005598 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005599
5600 // Get the va_list type
5601 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005602 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5603 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5604 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5605 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005606 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005607 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5608 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5609 } else {
5610 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5611 // it is modified by va_arg.
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005612 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5613 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005614 return ExprError();
5615 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005616
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005617 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5618 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005619 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5620 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005621 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005622 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005623
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005624 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005625 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005626
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005627 expr.release();
5628 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5629 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005630}
5631
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005632Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005633 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5634 // pointers on the target.
5635 QualType Ty;
5636 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5637 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5638 else
5639 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5640
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005641 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005642}
5643
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005644bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5645 SourceLocation Loc,
5646 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5647 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5648 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5649 bool isInvalid = false;
5650 unsigned DiagKind;
5651 switch (ConvTy) {
5652 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5653 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005654 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005655 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5656 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005657 case IntToPointer:
5658 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5659 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005660 case IncompatiblePointer:
5661 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5662 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005663 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5664 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5665 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005666 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5667 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5668 break;
5669 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005670 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5671 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5672 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5673 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5674 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5675 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5676 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5677 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5678 // C++ semantics.
5679 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5680 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5681 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005682 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5683 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005684 case IntToBlockPointer:
5685 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5686 break;
5687 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005688 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005689 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005690 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005691 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005692 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5693 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5694 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005695 case IncompatibleVectors:
5696 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5697 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005698 case Incompatible:
5699 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5700 isInvalid = true;
5701 break;
5702 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005703
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005704 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5705 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005706 return isInvalid;
5707}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005708
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005709bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005710 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5711 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5712 if (Result)
5713 *Result = ICEResult;
5714 return false;
5715 }
5716
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005717 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5718
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005719 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005720 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5721 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5722
5723 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5724 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5725 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5726 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5727 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5728 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5729 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005730
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005731 return true;
5732 }
5733
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005734 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5735 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005736
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005737 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5738 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5739 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005740
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005741 if (Result)
5742 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5743 return false;
5744}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005745
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005746Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
5747Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5748 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
5749 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
5750 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
5751
5752 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
5753 return NewContext;
5754}
5755
5756void
5757Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
5758 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5759 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
5760
5761 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
5762 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
5763 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
5764 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
5765 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
5766 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
5767 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
5768
5769 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
5770 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
5771 I != IEnd; ++I)
5772 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
5773 }
5774}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005775
5776/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
5777///
5778/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
5779/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
5780/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
5781/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
5782///
5783/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
5784///
5785/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
5786void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
5787 assert(D && "No declaration?");
5788
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005789 if (D->isUsed())
5790 return;
5791
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005792 // Mark a parameter declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
5793 // template or not.
5794 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
5795 D->setUsed(true);
5796
5797 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
5798 // an instantiation.
5799 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
5800 return;
5801
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005802 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
5803 case Unevaluated:
5804 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
5805 return;
5806
5807 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
5808 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
5809 // "used"; handle this below.
5810 break;
5811
5812 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
5813 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
5814 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
5815 // potentially evaluated.
5816 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
5817 return;
5818 }
5819
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005820 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00005821 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005822 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00005823 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
5824 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5825 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005826 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
5827 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005828 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5829 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
5830 }
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00005831 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
5832 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
5833 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
5834
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00005835 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5836 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
5837 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
5838 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
5839 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
5840 }
5841 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00005842 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005843 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
5844 // class templates.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00005845 if (!Function->getBody()) {
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005846 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations of function
5847 // templates and explicit specializations (the latter don't get
5848 // instantiated, naturally).
5849 if (Function->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction() ||
5850 Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregorb33fe2f2009-06-30 17:20:14 +00005851 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005852 }
5853
5854
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005855 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005856 Function->setUsed(true);
5857 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005858 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005859
5860 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005861 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
5862 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations (which we need to
5863 // actually instantiate) and explicit specializations.
5864 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
5865 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember())
5866 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
5867
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005868 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005869
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005870 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005871 return;
5872}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005873}
5874